1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
54 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
55 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
189 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h & 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
226 unsigned long h = 5381;
229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
231 return h & 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
255 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
271 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
275 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
277 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
278 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
281 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
282 if (shstrtab == NULL)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
286 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
305 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
308 return (char *) shstrtab;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
313 unsigned int shindex,
314 unsigned int strindex)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
324 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
326 if (hdr->contents == NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
330 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
332 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
336 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
342 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
364 const bfd_byte *esym;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
384 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
390 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
391 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
392 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
393 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
394 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
396 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
397 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
399 if (extsym_buf == NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
407 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
411 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
412 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
415 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
417 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
419 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
428 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
430 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
432 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
433 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
439 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
440 shndx = extshndx_buf;
442 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
443 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
445 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
449 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
456 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
458 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
459 free (alloc_extshndx);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
472 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
473 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
475 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
479 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
480 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
483 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
486 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
487 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group {
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
508 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
516 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
517 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
524 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
535 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i, shnum;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
564 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
574 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
580 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
587 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
595 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
596 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
607 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
619 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
626 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
627 if (src == shdr->contents)
630 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
631 shdr->bfd_section->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
641 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
648 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
655 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
656 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
669 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
671 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
680 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
686 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
689 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
718 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
719 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
726 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
735 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
736 bed->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection *linksec = NULL;
744 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
746 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
747 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s->owner, s, elfsec);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
773 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
774 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
777 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
778 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
779 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
780 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
798 shdr->bfd_section->name);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
822 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
824 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
827 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
831 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
832 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
833 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
839 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
847 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
848 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
849 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
850 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
851 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
855 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
858 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
859 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
862 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
867 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
868 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
869 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
871 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
874 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
875 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
877 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
879 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections [] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i = name [1] - 'd';
918 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
919 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
920 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
921 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
922 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
934 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
936 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
937 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
938 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
958 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
961 unsigned int i, nload;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
968 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
969 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
971 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
973 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
976 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
977 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
979 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
980 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
981 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
982 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
984 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
985 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
986 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
996 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1004 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1010 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1011 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1012 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1013 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1014 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1016 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1019 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1021 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1022 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1023 action = decompress;
1027 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1028 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS))
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize commpress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1049 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1050 if (new_name == NULL)
1054 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1058 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1060 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1061 (_("%B: unable to initialize decommpress status for section %s"),
1067 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1069 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1070 if (new_name == NULL)
1073 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1077 if (new_name != NULL)
1078 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1084 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1085 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1086 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1087 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1090 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1091 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1092 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1093 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1094 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1095 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1096 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1097 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1098 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1100 bfd_reloc_status_type
1101 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1102 arelent *reloc_entry,
1104 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1105 asection *input_section,
1107 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1109 if (output_bfd != NULL
1110 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1111 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1112 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1114 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1118 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1121 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1125 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1131 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1132 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1133 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1135 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1136 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1137 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1139 /* Copy object attributes. */
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1145 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1150 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1151 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1152 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1153 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1154 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1155 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1156 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1157 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1159 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1160 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1161 default: pt = NULL; break;
1166 /* Print out the program headers. */
1169 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1171 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1172 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1174 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1176 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1181 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1182 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1183 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1185 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1190 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1193 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1195 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1197 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1198 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1199 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1200 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1202 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1203 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1204 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1205 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1206 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1207 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1208 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1209 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1214 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1217 unsigned int elfsec;
1218 unsigned long shlink;
1219 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1221 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1223 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1225 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1228 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1229 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1231 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1233 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1234 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1237 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1238 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1240 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1241 const char *name = "";
1243 bfd_boolean stringp;
1244 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1246 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1248 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1255 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1256 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1258 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1260 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1265 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1268 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1269 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1270 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1271 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1272 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1274 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1276 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1277 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1278 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1279 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1280 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1281 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1282 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1283 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1284 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1286 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1287 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1288 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1291 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1294 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1295 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1296 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1298 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1299 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1300 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1301 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1302 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1305 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1306 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1307 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1308 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1309 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1310 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1311 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1312 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1313 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1314 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1316 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1318 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1319 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1320 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1321 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1322 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1325 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1329 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1334 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1336 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1339 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1348 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1349 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1351 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1355 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1357 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1359 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1360 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1362 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1363 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1364 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1365 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1370 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1374 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1380 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1382 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1384 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1385 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1387 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1389 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1390 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1391 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1392 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1393 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1394 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1406 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1409 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1412 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1414 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1417 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1418 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1420 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1421 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1422 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1423 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1425 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1427 const char *section_name;
1428 const char *name = NULL;
1429 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1430 unsigned char st_other;
1433 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1435 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1436 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1437 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1441 name = symbol->name;
1442 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1445 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1446 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1447 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1448 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1449 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1450 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1451 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1453 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1454 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1456 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1457 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1458 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1459 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1461 unsigned int vernum;
1462 const char *version_string;
1464 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1467 version_string = "";
1468 else if (vernum == 1)
1469 version_string = "Base";
1470 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1472 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1475 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1477 version_string = "";
1478 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1482 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1484 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1486 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1488 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1495 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1496 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1501 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1502 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1507 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1508 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1513 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1514 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1515 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1517 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1519 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1522 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1528 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1530 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1531 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1533 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1535 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1540 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1541 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1542 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1544 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1551 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1553 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1556 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1558 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1560 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1563 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1566 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1567 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1568 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1573 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1574 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1577 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1580 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1581 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1582 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1583 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1584 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1585 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1586 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1587 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1588 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1591 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1592 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1594 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1596 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1597 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1598 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1601 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1602 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1603 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1605 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1612 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1614 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1616 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1617 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1618 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1621 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1622 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1626 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1628 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1629 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1631 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1632 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1634 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1642 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1643 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1646 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1648 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1650 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1651 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1652 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1653 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1654 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1656 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1657 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1658 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1659 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1660 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1662 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1663 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1664 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1668 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1669 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1670 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1671 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1673 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1675 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1676 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1678 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1679 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1680 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1684 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1686 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1687 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1688 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1692 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1696 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1697 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1700 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1702 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1703 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1704 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1705 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1706 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1708 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1709 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1710 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1712 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1713 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1717 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1718 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1719 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1722 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1723 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1725 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1727 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1728 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1731 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1734 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1735 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1738 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1741 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1742 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1743 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1744 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1746 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1750 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1751 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1752 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1753 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1755 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1757 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1758 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1760 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1761 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1763 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1766 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1768 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1770 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1771 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1775 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1779 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1781 asection *target_sect;
1782 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1783 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1784 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1788 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1789 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1792 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1793 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1795 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1796 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1797 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1798 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1802 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1803 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1804 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1805 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1806 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1807 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1808 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1810 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1811 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1812 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1813 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1819 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1821 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1822 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1833 hdr->sh_link = found;
1836 /* Get the symbol table. */
1837 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1838 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1839 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1842 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1843 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1844 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1845 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1846 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1847 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1848 sh_link points to the null section. */
1849 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1850 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1851 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1852 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1853 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1854 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1855 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1858 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1860 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1861 if (target_sect == NULL)
1864 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1865 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1866 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1868 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1870 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1871 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1872 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1877 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1878 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1879 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1880 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1881 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1882 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1883 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1884 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1886 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1887 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1889 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1893 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1894 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1895 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1896 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1898 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1899 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1901 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1902 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1903 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1905 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1906 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1907 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1908 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1914 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1916 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1918 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1920 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1921 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1924 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1925 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1926 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1928 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1930 while (--n_elt != 0)
1934 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1935 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1936 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1938 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1946 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1947 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1948 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1950 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1952 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1956 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1957 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1960 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1962 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1963 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1964 for applications? */
1965 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1966 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1967 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1968 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1970 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1971 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1974 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1975 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1976 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1977 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1978 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1980 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1981 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1983 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1984 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1985 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1986 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1987 be rejected with an error message. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1991 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1993 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1997 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1998 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1999 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2000 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2008 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2011 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2013 unsigned long r_symndx)
2015 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2017 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2019 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2020 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2021 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2023 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2024 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2025 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2028 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2030 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2033 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2036 return &cache->sym[ent];
2039 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2043 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2045 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2047 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2050 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2053 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2056 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2058 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2059 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2062 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2066 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2067 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2073 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2074 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2077 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2079 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2081 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2084 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2095 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2101 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2104 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2109 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2115 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2122 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2125 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2127 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2129 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2132 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2136 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2137 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2138 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2141 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2143 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2144 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2146 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2147 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2148 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2149 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2152 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2156 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2157 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2160 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2164 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2165 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2166 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2169 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2171 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2172 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2173 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2175 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2176 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2177 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2178 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2181 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2183 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2185 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2187 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2188 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2189 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2195 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2198 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2199 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2200 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2206 len = strlen (name);
2208 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2211 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2213 if (len < prefix_len)
2215 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2218 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2219 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2221 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2223 if (suffix_len == 0)
2225 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2226 && (suffix_len == -2
2227 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2233 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2235 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2236 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2246 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2247 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2250 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2251 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2253 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2254 if (sec->name == NULL)
2257 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2258 spec = bed->special_sections;
2261 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2262 bed->special_sections,
2268 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2271 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2272 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2275 spec = special_sections[i];
2280 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2284 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2286 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2287 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2288 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2290 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2293 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2297 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2300 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2301 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2302 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2304 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2305 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2306 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2307 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2308 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2309 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2310 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2311 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2312 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2313 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2314 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2316 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2319 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2320 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2321 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2323 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2324 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2328 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2331 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2333 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2334 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2335 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2336 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2338 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2339 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2340 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2341 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2342 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2343 of combined data+bss.
2345 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2346 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2347 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2348 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2349 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2354 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2355 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2357 const char *type_name)
2365 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2366 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2367 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2369 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2371 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2372 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2373 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2376 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2377 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2378 if (newsect == NULL)
2380 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2381 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2382 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2383 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2384 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2385 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2386 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2388 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2389 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2390 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2392 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2394 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2397 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2399 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2403 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2407 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2408 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2409 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2412 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2413 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2414 if (newsect == NULL)
2416 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2417 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2418 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2419 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2420 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2421 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2422 align = hdr->p_align;
2423 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2424 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2426 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2427 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2428 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2429 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2430 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2431 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2432 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2434 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2435 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2436 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2438 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2439 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2446 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2448 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2450 switch (hdr->p_type)
2453 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2456 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2459 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2462 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2465 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2467 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2472 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2475 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2477 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2478 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2482 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2485 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2488 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2489 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2490 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2494 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2498 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2500 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2502 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2503 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2506 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2509 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2510 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2511 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2515 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2516 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2518 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2520 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2522 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2525 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2526 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2527 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2528 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2530 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2531 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2534 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2536 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2538 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2540 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2541 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2542 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2543 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2544 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2545 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2546 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2547 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2548 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2553 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2556 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2558 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2559 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2561 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2564 struct fake_section_arg
2566 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2570 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2573 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2575 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2576 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2577 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2578 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2579 unsigned int sh_type;
2583 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2588 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2590 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2591 asect->name, FALSE);
2592 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2598 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2600 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2601 || asect->user_set_vma)
2602 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2604 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2606 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2607 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2608 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2609 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2610 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2611 copy_private_section_data. */
2613 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2614 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2616 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2618 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2619 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2621 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2623 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2624 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2625 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2626 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2627 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2629 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2630 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2631 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2632 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2633 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2634 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2635 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2638 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2644 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2645 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2646 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2653 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2657 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2661 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2665 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2666 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2670 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2671 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2674 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2675 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2678 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2679 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2680 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2681 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2683 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2684 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2686 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2687 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2690 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2691 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2692 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2693 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2695 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2696 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2698 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2699 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2703 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2707 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2711 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2712 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2713 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2714 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2715 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2716 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2717 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2719 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2720 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2721 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2722 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2724 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2725 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2726 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2728 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2729 if (asect->size == 0
2730 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2732 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2734 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2737 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2738 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2739 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2743 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2744 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2746 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2747 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2748 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2749 create the other. */
2750 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2752 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2755 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2756 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2757 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2759 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2760 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2765 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2766 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2772 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2774 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2780 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2781 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2782 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2783 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2786 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2788 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2789 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2790 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2794 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2795 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2796 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2797 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2800 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2802 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2803 asection *elt, *first;
2807 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2809 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2813 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2815 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2817 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2819 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2820 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2824 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2825 elf_section_syms. */
2826 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2827 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2829 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2831 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2833 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2834 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2835 set until all local symbols are output. */
2836 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2837 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2838 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2839 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2840 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2842 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2844 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2846 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2847 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2849 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2850 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2851 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2852 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2854 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2857 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2859 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2862 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2864 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2865 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2866 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2873 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2875 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2876 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2877 start of the input section group. */
2878 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2880 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2881 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2882 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2883 directives, not that it matters. */
2890 s = s->output_section;
2892 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2894 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2897 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2899 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2904 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2907 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2910 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2911 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2912 in here too, while we're at it. */
2915 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2917 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2919 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2920 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2921 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2922 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2926 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2928 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2929 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2931 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2932 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2934 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2936 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2938 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2940 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2941 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2942 abfd->section_count--;
2945 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2950 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2952 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2954 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2955 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2956 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2959 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2960 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2967 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2968 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2974 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2975 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2976 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2978 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2979 || (link_info == NULL
2980 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
2984 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2985 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2986 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
2988 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2989 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2990 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2991 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2992 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2995 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3000 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3002 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3003 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3005 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3007 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3008 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3009 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3012 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3013 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3014 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3016 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3020 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3022 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3025 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3026 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3028 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3029 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3031 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3032 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3035 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3040 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3042 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3043 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3044 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3045 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3046 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3048 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3050 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3051 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3052 the relocation entries apply. */
3053 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3055 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3056 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3058 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3060 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3061 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3064 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3065 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3067 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3070 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3071 if (link_info != NULL)
3073 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3074 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3077 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3078 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3079 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3081 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3082 size as the discarded one. */
3083 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3086 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3092 s = s->output_section;
3093 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3097 /* Handle objcopy. */
3098 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3100 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3101 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3102 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3106 s = s->output_section;
3108 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3113 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3114 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3115 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3117 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3118 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3119 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3120 bed->link_order_error_handler
3121 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3126 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3130 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3131 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3132 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3133 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3134 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3135 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3136 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3138 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3140 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3142 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3146 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3148 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3152 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3153 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3154 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3155 field to point to this section. */
3156 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3157 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3162 len = strlen (sec->name);
3163 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3166 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3167 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3168 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3172 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3174 /* This is a .stab section. */
3175 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3176 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3177 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3184 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3185 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3186 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3187 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3189 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3191 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3194 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3195 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3196 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3197 the version strings. */
3198 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3199 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3201 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3206 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3207 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3208 this hash table or version table is for. */
3209 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3211 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3215 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3219 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3220 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3221 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3223 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3224 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3228 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3229 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3232 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3234 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3235 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3236 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3237 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3239 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3240 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3241 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3244 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3248 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3250 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3251 && !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3252 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3253 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)));
3257 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3259 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3260 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3261 asymbol **sect_syms;
3262 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3263 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3264 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3265 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3272 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3276 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3278 if (max_index < asect->index)
3279 max_index = asect->index;
3283 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3284 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3286 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3287 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3289 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3290 decided to output. */
3291 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3293 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3295 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3297 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3299 asection *sec = sym->section;
3301 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3302 sec = sec->output_section;
3304 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3308 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3309 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3311 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3313 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3319 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3320 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3321 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3322 at least in that case. */
3323 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3325 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3327 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3334 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3335 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3336 sizeof (asymbol *));
3338 if (new_syms == NULL)
3341 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3343 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3346 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3348 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3351 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3353 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3355 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3357 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3359 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3362 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3363 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3366 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3368 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3372 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3374 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3375 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3379 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3380 ELF data structure. */
3382 static inline file_ptr
3383 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3385 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3388 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3389 required section alignment. */
3392 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3396 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3397 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3398 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3399 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3400 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3401 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3402 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3406 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3407 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3408 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3411 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3412 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3414 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3415 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3417 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3418 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3419 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3421 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3424 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3425 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3426 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3428 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3431 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3432 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3433 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3435 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3436 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3437 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3441 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3444 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3445 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3446 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3447 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3451 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3452 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3454 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3459 if (link_info == NULL)
3461 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3466 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3467 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3468 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3469 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3470 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3471 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3472 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3473 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3474 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3475 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3476 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3478 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3484 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3486 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3488 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3489 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3491 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3492 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3493 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3495 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3496 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3498 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3500 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3502 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3503 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3505 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3508 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3513 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3514 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3516 static bfd_size_type
3517 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3521 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3523 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3524 and one for data. */
3527 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3528 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3530 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3531 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3532 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3537 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3539 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3543 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3545 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3549 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3551 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3555 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3557 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3561 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3563 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3564 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3566 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3568 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3569 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3570 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3571 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3572 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3573 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3575 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3576 while (s->next != NULL
3577 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3578 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3579 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3584 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3586 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3588 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3594 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3595 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3596 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3600 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3606 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3609 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3612 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3614 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3615 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3617 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3618 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3624 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3625 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3632 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3634 static struct elf_segment_map *
3635 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3636 asection **sections,
3641 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3646 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3647 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3648 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3652 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3653 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3654 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3655 m->count = to - from;
3657 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3659 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3660 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3661 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3667 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3670 struct elf_segment_map *
3671 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3673 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3675 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3676 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3680 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3682 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3687 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3690 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3691 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3692 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3694 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3695 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3697 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3698 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3699 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3700 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3702 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3705 unsigned int i, new_count;
3707 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3709 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3710 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3711 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3713 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3717 (*m)->count = new_count;
3719 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3725 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3726 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3728 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3735 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3738 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3741 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3742 asection **sections = NULL;
3743 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3744 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3746 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3749 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3751 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3755 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3756 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3759 unsigned int phdr_index;
3760 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3762 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3763 bfd_boolean writable;
3765 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3766 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3768 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3770 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3772 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3773 sizeof (asection *));
3774 if (sections == NULL)
3777 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3778 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3780 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3781 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3784 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3786 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3790 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3791 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3792 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3795 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3798 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3800 /* Build the mapping. */
3805 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3806 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3808 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3809 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3811 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3812 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3816 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3817 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3818 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3819 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3820 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3825 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3826 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3830 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3838 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3839 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3840 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3844 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3846 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3848 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3851 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3852 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3853 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3854 program headers we will need. */
3857 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3859 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3860 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3861 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3862 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3863 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3864 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3865 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3866 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3869 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3872 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3876 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3879 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3881 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3882 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3883 new_segment = FALSE;
3885 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3887 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3888 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3892 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3893 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3895 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3896 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3899 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3900 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3901 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3902 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3903 section can be included in the current segment. */
3904 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3906 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3909 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3910 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3913 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3914 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3916 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3917 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3918 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3921 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3923 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3924 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3925 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3926 new_segment = FALSE;
3929 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3930 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3931 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3933 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3934 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3935 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3936 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3937 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3938 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3939 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3944 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3945 new_segment = FALSE;
3948 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3949 if (last_hdr != NULL
3951 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3953 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3959 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3962 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3963 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3964 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3965 last_size = hdr->size;
3971 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3972 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3974 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3981 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3987 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3988 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3989 last_size = hdr->size;
3993 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3996 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
3998 if (last_hdr != NULL
3999 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4000 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4001 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4003 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4011 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4014 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4021 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4022 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4023 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4024 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4025 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4027 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4029 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4030 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4035 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4036 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4037 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4039 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4040 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4041 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4042 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4048 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4049 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4053 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4057 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4058 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4061 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4062 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4066 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4074 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4077 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4078 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4079 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4084 m->count = tls_count;
4085 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4087 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4088 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4090 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4091 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4092 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4099 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4101 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4102 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4103 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4105 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4106 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4110 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4112 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4118 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4120 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4121 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4125 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4126 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4127 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4133 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4135 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4137 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4139 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4140 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4141 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
4143 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
4144 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
4145 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
4150 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4153 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4154 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4158 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4160 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4168 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4171 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4174 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4176 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4181 if (sections != NULL)
4186 /* Sort sections by address. */
4189 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4191 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4192 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4193 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4195 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4196 place the section into a segment. */
4197 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4199 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4202 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4203 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4204 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4206 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4209 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4211 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4217 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4218 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4219 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4220 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4225 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4230 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4231 before others at the same address. */
4233 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4234 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4241 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4244 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4246 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4247 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4248 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4249 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4250 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4253 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4254 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4256 /* In other words, something like:
4258 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4259 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4260 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4261 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4263 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4265 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4268 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4270 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4274 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4277 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4282 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4283 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4284 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4285 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4286 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4287 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4289 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4290 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4294 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4295 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4296 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4302 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4307 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4309 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4312 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4317 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4318 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4322 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4323 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4325 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4326 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4327 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4328 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4330 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4333 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4335 if (link_info == NULL
4336 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4340 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4344 header_pad = m->header_size;
4349 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4350 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4354 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4355 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4356 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4359 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4361 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4362 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4364 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4365 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4369 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4373 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4374 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4375 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4376 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4377 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4379 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4380 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4381 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4382 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4384 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4386 (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4387 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4388 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4393 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4394 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4396 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4397 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4398 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4404 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4406 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4410 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4412 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4413 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4414 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4415 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4416 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4418 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4419 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4420 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4423 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4424 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4425 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4426 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4427 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4428 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4429 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4434 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4436 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4437 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4438 else if (m->count == 0)
4441 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4443 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4444 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4446 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4447 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4448 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4449 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4450 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4451 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4452 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4454 if (m->p_align_valid)
4455 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4457 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4459 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4460 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4461 else if (m->count == 0)
4462 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4466 no_contents = FALSE;
4468 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4471 bfd_size_type align;
4472 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4474 if (m->p_align_valid)
4478 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4480 unsigned int secalign;
4482 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4483 if (secalign > align_power)
4484 align_power = secalign;
4486 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4487 if (align < maxpagesize)
4488 align = maxpagesize;
4491 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4492 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4493 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4494 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4495 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4496 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4498 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4501 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4502 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4504 no_contents = FALSE;
4508 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4512 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4513 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4514 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4515 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4516 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4517 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4518 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4519 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4524 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4525 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4526 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4528 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4531 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4536 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4537 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4538 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4539 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4545 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4547 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4549 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4550 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4553 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4555 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4557 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4558 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4560 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4565 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4570 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4572 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4575 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4577 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4581 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4582 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4583 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4584 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4588 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4589 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4592 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4593 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4597 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4598 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4600 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4606 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4608 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4609 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4613 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4614 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4615 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4616 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4617 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4618 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4621 bfd_size_type align;
4622 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4625 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4626 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4628 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4629 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4630 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4631 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4632 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4633 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4635 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4636 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4637 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4638 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4642 || p_end < p_start))
4644 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4645 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4646 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4650 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4652 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4654 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4656 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4657 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4659 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4660 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4664 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4668 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4670 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4674 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4675 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4676 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4682 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4691 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4693 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4694 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4695 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4697 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4698 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4699 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4701 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4702 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4703 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4704 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4705 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4706 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4708 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4710 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4713 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4715 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4716 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4717 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4718 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4719 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4720 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4722 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4724 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4725 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4727 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4729 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4730 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4733 if (align > p->p_align
4734 && !m->p_align_valid
4735 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4736 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4740 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4743 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4745 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4751 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4752 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4753 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4755 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4757 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4758 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4759 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4760 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4761 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4762 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4764 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4769 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4771 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4774 sec = m->sections[i];
4775 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4776 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4777 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4779 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4780 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4782 print_segment_map (m);
4788 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4792 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4795 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4796 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4798 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4799 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4800 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4801 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4802 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4803 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4804 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4805 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4807 unsigned int num_sec;
4811 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4812 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4813 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4814 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4816 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4817 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4820 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4821 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4822 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4823 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4824 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4825 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4827 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4828 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4829 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4831 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4833 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4834 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4835 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4836 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4839 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4841 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4844 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4845 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4846 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4847 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4848 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4849 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4851 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4854 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4855 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4859 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4861 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4862 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4867 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4870 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4872 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4873 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4875 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4877 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4878 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4879 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4881 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4882 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4887 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4891 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4893 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4895 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4897 if (link_info != NULL)
4899 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4901 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4903 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4904 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4905 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
4906 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end)
4912 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4913 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4914 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4916 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4917 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4922 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4924 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4925 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4926 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4927 if (link_info != NULL)
4928 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4929 else if (m->p_size_valid)
4930 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4933 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4935 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4939 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4940 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4943 else if (m->count != 0)
4945 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4946 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4947 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4949 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4952 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4953 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
4955 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
4956 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4957 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4959 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
4966 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
4968 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4969 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4970 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4972 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4974 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4975 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4976 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4980 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4985 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4986 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4987 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4989 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4990 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4991 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4992 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4993 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4994 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4995 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4997 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5000 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5001 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5003 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5004 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5006 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5008 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5009 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5011 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5012 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5013 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5016 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5017 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5019 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5020 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5021 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5022 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5024 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5027 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5028 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5029 || i == tdata->symtab_section
5030 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
5031 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
5033 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5036 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5043 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5044 assignment of sections to segments. */
5045 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5048 /* And for non-load sections. */
5049 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5052 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5054 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5058 /* Write out the program headers. */
5059 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5060 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5061 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5064 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
5067 /* Place the section headers. */
5068 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5069 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5070 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5072 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
5078 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5080 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5081 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5082 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5084 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5086 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5087 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5090 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5092 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5093 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5094 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5095 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5097 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5098 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5099 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5100 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5102 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5103 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5104 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5105 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5106 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5107 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5109 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5111 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5113 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5114 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5117 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5118 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5119 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5120 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5121 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5122 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5123 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5124 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5126 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5129 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5130 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5132 /* No program header, for now. */
5133 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5134 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5135 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5137 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5138 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5139 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5141 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5142 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5143 /* It all happens later. */
5147 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5148 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5151 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5152 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5153 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5154 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5155 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5156 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5157 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5158 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5159 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5165 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5166 of the loadable file image. */
5169 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5172 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5173 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5175 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
5177 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5178 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5180 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5183 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5184 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5185 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5188 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5192 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5194 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5195 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5197 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5199 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5200 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5203 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5206 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5210 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5212 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5213 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5214 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5216 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5217 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5218 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5220 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5222 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5223 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5228 /* Write out the section header names. */
5229 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5230 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5231 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5234 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5235 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5236 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5238 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5241 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5242 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
5243 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5249 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5251 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5252 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5255 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5258 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5260 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5261 unsigned int sec_index;
5263 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5264 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5265 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5267 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5268 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5269 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5270 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5271 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5272 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5274 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5276 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5277 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5279 int retval = sec_index;
5281 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5285 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5286 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5291 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5295 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5297 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5299 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5301 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5302 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5303 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5304 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5305 input sections rather than the output section. */
5306 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5307 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5308 && asym_ptr->section)
5313 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5314 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5315 sec = sec->output_section;
5316 if (sec->owner == abfd
5317 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5318 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5319 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5322 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5326 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5327 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5328 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5329 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5330 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5331 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5338 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5339 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5347 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5350 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5352 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5353 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5354 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5355 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5356 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5359 unsigned int num_segments;
5360 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5361 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5362 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5363 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5364 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5365 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5367 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5368 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5371 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5373 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5374 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5376 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5377 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5378 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5379 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5381 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5382 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5383 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5384 ? section->size : 0)
5386 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5387 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5388 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5389 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5390 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5391 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5393 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5394 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5395 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5396 (section->lma >= base \
5397 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5398 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5400 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5401 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5402 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5403 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5404 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5405 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5406 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5408 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5410 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5412 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5416 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5417 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5418 p_memsz set to 0. */
5419 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5421 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5422 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5423 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5424 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5426 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5427 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5428 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5430 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5431 A section will be included if:
5432 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5433 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5434 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5436 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5437 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5438 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5439 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5440 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5441 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5442 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5443 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5444 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5445 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5446 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5447 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5448 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5449 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5450 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5451 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5452 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5453 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5454 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5455 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5456 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5457 || (segment->p_paddr \
5458 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5459 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5460 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5462 && !section->segment_mark)
5464 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5465 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5466 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5467 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5468 && section->output_section != NULL)
5470 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5471 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5472 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5474 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5475 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5476 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5477 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5478 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5480 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5481 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5482 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5483 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5484 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5486 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5487 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5488 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5490 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5491 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5492 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5493 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5494 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5495 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5498 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5500 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5504 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5505 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5506 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5507 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5508 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5513 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5515 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5516 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5517 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5519 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5520 assignment code will work. */
5521 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5525 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5527 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5528 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5529 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5533 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5534 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5536 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5538 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5539 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5542 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5543 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5545 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5547 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5548 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5550 if (extra_length > 0)
5552 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5553 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5556 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5558 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5560 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5565 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5567 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5568 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5570 if (extra_length > 0)
5572 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5573 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5576 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5581 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5582 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5586 unsigned int section_count;
5587 asection **sections;
5588 asection *output_section;
5590 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5591 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5594 asection *first_section;
5595 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5596 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5598 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5601 first_section = NULL;
5602 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5603 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5605 section = section->next)
5607 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5608 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5609 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5611 if (first_section == NULL)
5612 first_section = section;
5613 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5618 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5619 all of the sections we have selected. */
5620 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5621 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5622 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5626 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5627 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5629 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5630 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5631 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5633 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5634 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5636 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5638 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5639 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5642 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5643 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5644 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5645 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5646 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5648 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5650 map->includes_phdrs =
5651 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5652 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5653 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5654 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5656 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5657 phdr_included = TRUE;
5660 if (section_count == 0)
5662 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5663 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5664 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5665 a warning is produced. */
5666 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5667 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5668 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5672 *pointer_to_map = map;
5673 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5678 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5679 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5680 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5681 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5683 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5684 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5687 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5688 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5689 of the first section.
5691 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5692 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5693 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5694 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5695 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5697 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5698 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5699 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5700 or segments to contain the other sections.
5702 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5703 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5704 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5706 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5707 if (sections == NULL)
5710 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5711 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5712 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5713 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5714 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5719 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5720 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5722 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5724 section = section->next)
5725 if (section == first_section)
5728 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5730 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5732 output_section = section->output_section;
5734 sections[j++] = section;
5736 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5737 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5738 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5739 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5741 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5742 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5744 && output_section->lma != 0
5745 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5746 + (map->includes_filehdr
5749 + (map->includes_phdrs
5751 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5753 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5755 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5756 LMA address of the output section. */
5757 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5758 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5759 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5760 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5762 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5764 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5765 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5768 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5769 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5771 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5773 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5775 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5776 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5779 if (j == section_count)
5784 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5786 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5788 if (isec == section_count)
5790 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5791 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5792 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5793 program header in the input BFD. */
5794 map->count = section_count;
5795 *pointer_to_map = map;
5796 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5799 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5800 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5801 && !map->includes_filehdr
5802 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5803 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5804 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5806 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5813 if (!first_matching_lma)
5815 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5816 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5817 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5818 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5822 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5823 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5824 the LMA of the first section. */
5825 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5828 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5829 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5830 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5832 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5833 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5836 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5837 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5841 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5843 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5845 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5847 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5848 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5849 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5850 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5851 offset when we know the correct value. */
5852 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5853 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5856 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5860 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5861 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5862 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5863 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5864 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5865 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5872 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5874 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5875 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5877 section = sections[j];
5879 if (section == NULL)
5882 output_section = section->output_section;
5884 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5886 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5887 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5889 if (map->count == 0)
5891 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5892 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5894 if (output_section->lma
5896 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5897 + (map->includes_phdrs
5898 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5906 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5908 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5909 and the start of this section is more than
5910 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5911 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5913 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5914 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5915 > output_section->lma))
5917 if (first_suggested_lma)
5919 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5920 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5927 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5930 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5932 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5934 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5935 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5939 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5941 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5942 *pointer_to_map = map;
5943 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5945 if (isec < section_count)
5947 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5948 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5949 and carry on looping. */
5950 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5951 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5952 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5959 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5960 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5961 not yet been assigned. */
5963 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5964 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5965 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5966 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5967 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5968 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5969 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5972 while (isec < section_count);
5977 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5979 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5980 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5981 the offset if necessary. */
5982 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5986 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5989 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5990 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5991 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5996 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5997 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5999 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6000 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6001 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6002 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6003 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6004 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6008 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6011 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6013 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6014 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6015 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6016 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6017 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6019 unsigned int num_segments;
6020 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6021 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6023 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6026 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6028 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6029 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6030 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6031 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6032 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6035 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6037 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6041 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6046 unsigned int section_count;
6048 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6049 asection *first_section = NULL;
6050 asection *lowest_section;
6052 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6053 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6055 section = section->next)
6057 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6058 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6060 if (first_section == NULL)
6061 first_section = section;
6066 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6067 all of the sections we have selected. */
6068 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6069 if (section_count != 0)
6070 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6071 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6075 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6078 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6079 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6080 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6081 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6082 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6083 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6084 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6085 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6087 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6089 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6090 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6091 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6092 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6093 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6094 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6097 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6098 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6099 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6100 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6102 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6103 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6105 map->includes_phdrs =
6106 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6107 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6108 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6109 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6111 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6112 phdr_included = TRUE;
6115 lowest_section = first_section;
6116 if (section_count != 0)
6118 unsigned int isec = 0;
6120 for (section = first_section;
6122 section = section->next)
6124 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6125 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6127 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6128 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6129 lowest_section = section;
6130 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6134 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6135 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6136 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6137 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6139 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6140 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6142 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6143 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6144 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6146 if (isec == section_count)
6152 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6153 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6154 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6156 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6157 && !map->includes_filehdr
6158 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6159 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6160 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6161 - segment->p_paddr);
6163 map->count = section_count;
6164 *pointer_to_map = map;
6165 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6168 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6172 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6176 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6178 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6179 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6182 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6185 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6187 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6188 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6189 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6190 asection *section, *osec;
6191 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6192 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6193 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6195 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6197 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6198 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6201 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6202 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6203 section = section->next)
6204 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6206 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6207 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6211 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6212 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6213 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6214 map in this case. */
6215 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6216 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6217 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6220 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6221 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6223 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6224 from the input BFD. */
6225 osec = section->output_section;
6227 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6229 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6230 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6231 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6233 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6234 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6236 || section->flags != osec->flags
6237 || section->lma != osec->lma
6238 || section->vma != osec->vma
6239 || section->size != osec->size
6240 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6241 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6247 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6249 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6250 section = section->next)
6252 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6255 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6258 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6262 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6265 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6268 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6272 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6275 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6276 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6278 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6279 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6282 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6284 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6285 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6286 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6287 that the linker clears to differ. */
6288 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6289 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6291 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6292 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6293 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6295 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6296 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6297 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6299 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6300 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6301 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6302 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6305 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6306 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6308 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6309 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6310 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6311 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6315 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6317 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6318 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6319 may be NULL at this point. */
6320 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6322 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6323 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6324 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6327 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6332 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6333 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6336 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6341 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6343 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6344 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6347 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6348 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6350 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6352 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6353 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6354 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6355 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6356 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6358 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6362 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6363 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6364 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6365 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6366 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6370 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6374 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6375 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6377 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6378 asection *s = first;
6379 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6383 /* If this member section is being output but the
6384 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6385 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6386 if (s->output_section != discarded
6387 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6389 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6390 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6392 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6393 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6394 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6395 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6397 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6403 if (discarded != NULL)
6405 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6406 adjust the input section size. This function may
6407 be called multiple times, so save the original
6409 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6410 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6411 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6415 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6417 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6425 /* Copy private header information. */
6428 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6430 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6431 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6434 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6435 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6436 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6437 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6438 already been worked out. */
6439 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6441 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6445 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6448 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6449 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6450 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6451 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6452 swap_out_syms function. */
6454 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6455 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6456 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6457 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6458 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6461 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6466 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6468 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6469 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6472 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6473 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6476 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6478 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6482 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6483 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6484 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6485 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6486 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6487 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6489 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6490 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6491 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6492 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6493 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6499 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6502 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6503 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6506 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6509 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6510 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6511 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6512 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6513 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6514 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6517 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6519 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6522 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6523 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6527 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6528 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6529 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6530 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6531 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6532 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6533 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6534 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6536 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6537 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6539 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6540 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6541 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6543 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6546 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6548 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6549 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6550 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6552 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6553 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6554 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6555 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6557 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6561 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6562 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6563 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6564 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6565 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6568 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6570 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6571 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6577 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6578 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6579 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6580 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6581 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6582 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6586 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6587 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6589 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6590 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6592 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6593 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6594 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6595 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6598 if (!name_local_sections
6599 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6601 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6606 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6609 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6611 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6616 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6618 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6619 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6621 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6622 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6623 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6624 sym.st_size = value;
6625 if (type_ptr == NULL
6626 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6627 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6629 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6630 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6631 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6635 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6638 if (sec->output_section)
6640 value += sec->output_offset;
6641 sec = sec->output_section;
6644 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6645 if (! relocatable_p)
6647 sym.st_value = value;
6648 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6650 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6652 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6654 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6655 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6656 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6657 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6661 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6664 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6667 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6670 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6673 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6681 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6683 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6687 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6688 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6689 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6690 demand of applications. For example, it
6691 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6692 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6693 actually in the output file. */
6694 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6697 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6698 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6699 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6701 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6702 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6706 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6707 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6711 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6714 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6716 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6717 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6718 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6720 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6722 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6724 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6729 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6732 /* Processor-specific types. */
6733 if (type_ptr != NULL
6734 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6735 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6736 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6738 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6740 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6741 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6743 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6745 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6747 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6748 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6749 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6752 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6754 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6755 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6759 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6760 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6763 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6765 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6767 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6768 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6769 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6771 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6774 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6777 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6779 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6780 sym.st_target_internal
6781 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6786 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6789 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6790 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6791 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6792 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6796 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6797 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6799 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6800 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6801 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6802 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6803 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6804 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6809 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6811 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6812 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6813 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6816 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6820 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6822 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6823 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6825 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6831 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6835 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6837 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6839 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6843 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6844 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6846 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6852 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6855 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6858 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6861 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6868 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6870 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6873 tblptr = section->relocation;
6874 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6875 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6879 return section->reloc_count;
6883 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6885 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6886 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6889 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6894 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6895 asymbol **allocation)
6897 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6898 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6901 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6905 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6906 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6907 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6908 dynamic reloc section. */
6911 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6916 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6918 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6922 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6923 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6924 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6925 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6926 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6927 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6928 * sizeof (arelent *));
6933 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6934 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6935 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6936 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6937 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6938 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6939 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6942 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6946 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6950 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6956 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6958 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6960 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6961 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6962 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6967 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6969 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6971 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6982 /* Read in the version information. */
6985 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6987 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6988 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6990 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6992 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6993 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6994 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6996 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6998 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7000 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7001 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7002 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7005 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7007 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7008 if (contents == NULL)
7010 error_return_verref:
7011 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7012 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7015 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7016 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7017 goto error_return_verref;
7019 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7020 goto error_return_verref;
7022 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7023 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7024 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7025 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7026 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7027 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7029 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7030 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7033 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7035 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7037 iverneed->vn_filename =
7038 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7040 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7041 goto error_return_verref;
7043 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7044 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7047 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7048 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7049 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7050 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7051 goto error_return_verref;
7054 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7055 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7056 goto error_return_verref;
7058 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7059 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7060 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7061 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7063 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7065 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7066 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7067 ivernaux->vna_name);
7068 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7069 goto error_return_verref;
7071 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7072 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7074 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7076 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7077 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7078 goto error_return_verref;
7080 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7081 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7083 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7084 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7087 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7088 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7090 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7092 if (iverneed->vn_next
7093 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7094 goto error_return_verref;
7096 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7097 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7104 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7106 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7107 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7108 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7109 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7110 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7112 unsigned int maxidx;
7113 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7115 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7117 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7118 if (contents == NULL)
7120 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7121 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7124 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7127 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7128 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7129 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7130 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7131 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7132 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7134 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7135 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7137 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7139 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7141 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7143 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7144 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7146 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7147 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7150 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7151 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7154 if (default_imported_symver)
7156 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7161 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7162 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7163 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7166 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7168 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7169 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7170 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7172 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7173 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7176 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7178 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7180 error_return_verdef:
7181 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7182 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7186 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7187 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7189 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7191 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7192 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7195 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7196 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7197 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7198 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7199 goto error_return_verdef;
7203 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7204 goto error_return_verdef;
7206 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7207 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7208 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7209 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7211 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7213 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7214 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7215 iverdaux->vda_name);
7216 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7217 goto error_return_verdef;
7219 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7220 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7222 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7224 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7225 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7226 goto error_return_verdef;
7228 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7229 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7232 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7233 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7235 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7236 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7238 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7240 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7241 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7247 else if (default_imported_symver)
7254 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7255 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7256 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7259 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7262 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7263 if (default_imported_symver)
7265 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7266 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7268 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
7270 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7271 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7272 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7273 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7275 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7277 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7278 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7279 goto error_return_verdef;
7280 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7281 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7282 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7283 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7284 goto error_return_verdef;
7286 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7287 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7288 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7294 if (contents != NULL)
7300 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7302 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7303 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7305 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7310 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7311 return &newsym->symbol;
7316 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7320 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7323 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7324 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7328 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7331 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7332 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7335 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7336 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7337 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7340 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7341 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7342 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7344 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7345 we treat such symbols as local. */
7346 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7353 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7354 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7361 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7362 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7363 unsigned long machine)
7365 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7366 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7367 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7368 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7369 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7372 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7375 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7376 for error reporting. */
7379 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7383 const char **filename_ptr,
7384 const char **functionname_ptr)
7386 const char *filename;
7387 asymbol *func, *file;
7390 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7391 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7392 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7393 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7394 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7395 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7396 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7397 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7398 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7399 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7401 if (symbols == NULL)
7408 state = nothing_seen;
7410 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7416 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7419 if (state == symbol_seen)
7420 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7424 if (bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, &code_sec, &code_off)
7425 && code_sec == section
7426 && code_off >= low_func
7427 && code_off <= offset)
7430 low_func = code_off;
7433 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7434 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7435 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7437 if (state == nothing_seen)
7438 state = symbol_seen;
7445 *filename_ptr = filename;
7446 if (functionname_ptr)
7447 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7452 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7453 for error reporting. */
7456 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7460 const char **filename_ptr,
7461 const char **functionname_ptr,
7462 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7466 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7467 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7470 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7471 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7472 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7478 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7479 section, symbols, offset,
7480 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7482 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7484 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7485 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7486 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7492 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7493 &found, filename_ptr,
7494 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7495 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7497 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7500 if (symbols == NULL)
7503 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7504 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7511 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7514 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7515 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7517 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7518 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7519 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7522 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7523 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7524 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7525 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7526 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7529 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7530 const char **filename_ptr,
7531 const char **functionname_ptr,
7532 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7535 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7536 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7537 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7542 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7544 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7545 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7547 if (!info->relocatable)
7549 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7551 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7553 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7556 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7557 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7560 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7563 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7571 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7573 const void *location,
7575 bfd_size_type count)
7577 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7580 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7581 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7584 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7585 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7586 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7587 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7594 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7595 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7596 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7601 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7604 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7606 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7608 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7610 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7611 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7613 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7614 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7616 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7618 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7621 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7624 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7627 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7630 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7633 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7636 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7642 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7644 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7646 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7647 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7649 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7654 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7660 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7663 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7666 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7669 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7672 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7678 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7682 areloc->howto = howto;
7690 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7691 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7692 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7698 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7700 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7701 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7703 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7704 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7705 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7708 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7711 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7712 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7713 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7716 bfd_reloc_status_type
7717 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7718 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7719 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7720 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7721 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7723 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7726 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7727 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7728 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7729 out details about the corefile. */
7731 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7732 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7733 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7734 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7737 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7738 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7741 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7745 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
7747 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid;
7752 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7753 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7754 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7758 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7762 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7765 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7769 sect2->size = sect->size;
7770 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7771 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7775 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7776 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7777 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7778 such a section already exists.
7779 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7780 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7781 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7783 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7789 char *threaded_name;
7793 /* Build the section name. */
7795 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7796 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7797 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7798 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7800 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7802 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7807 sect->filepos = filepos;
7808 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7810 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7813 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7815 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7819 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7822 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7827 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7831 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7832 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7833 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7835 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7836 has already been set by another thread. */
7837 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7838 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7839 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
7840 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7842 /* pr_who exists on:
7845 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7848 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7849 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7851 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
7854 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7855 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7857 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7858 prstatus32_t prstat;
7860 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7861 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7862 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7864 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7865 has already been set by another thread. */
7866 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7867 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7868 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
7869 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7871 /* pr_who exists on:
7874 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7877 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7878 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7880 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
7883 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7886 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7887 note size (ie. data object type). */
7891 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7892 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7893 size, note->descpos + offset);
7895 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7897 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7899 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7901 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7903 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7904 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7907 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7908 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7909 data structure apart. */
7912 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7914 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7917 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7918 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7922 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7924 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7927 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
7928 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
7929 contents literally. */
7932 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7934 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
7938 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7940 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7944 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7946 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
7950 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7952 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
7956 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7958 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
7962 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7964 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
7968 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7970 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
7974 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7976 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
7980 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7982 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
7986 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7988 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
7992 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7994 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
7998 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8000 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8003 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8004 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8005 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8006 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8010 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8011 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8012 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8013 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8017 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8018 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8019 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8022 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8025 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8033 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8037 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8043 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8045 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8047 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8049 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8051 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8053 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8054 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8056 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8057 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8058 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8060 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8061 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8062 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8064 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8065 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8067 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8068 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8070 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8072 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8073 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8075 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8076 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8077 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8079 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8080 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8081 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8087 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8088 note size (ie. data object type). */
8092 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8093 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8094 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8097 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
8098 int n = strlen (command);
8100 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8101 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8106 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8108 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8110 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8112 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8113 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8114 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8120 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8122 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8124 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8125 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8127 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8130 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8132 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8135 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8136 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8137 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8141 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8143 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8145 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8147 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8153 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8154 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8155 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8160 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8162 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8163 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8165 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8166 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8168 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8170 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8171 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8172 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8175 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8177 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8181 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8182 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8183 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8184 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8187 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8188 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8189 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8192 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8194 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8197 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8199 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8200 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8201 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8204 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8206 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8210 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8211 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8212 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8213 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8216 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8217 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8218 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8221 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8223 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8225 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8228 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8235 int is_active_thread;
8238 if (note->descsz < 728)
8241 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8244 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8248 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8249 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8250 /* process_info.pid */
8251 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8252 /* process_info.signal */
8253 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8256 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8257 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8258 /* thread_info.tid */
8259 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8261 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8262 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8266 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8268 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8272 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8274 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8275 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8276 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8278 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8279 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8281 if (is_active_thread)
8282 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8286 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8287 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8288 /* module_info.base_address */
8289 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8290 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8292 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8293 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8297 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8299 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8304 sect->size = note->descsz;
8305 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8306 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8317 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8319 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8327 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8328 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8330 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8331 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8336 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8338 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8341 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8343 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8346 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8347 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8349 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8350 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8352 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8353 if (note->namesz == 6
8354 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8355 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8359 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8360 if (note->namesz == 6
8361 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8362 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8367 if (note->namesz == 6
8368 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8369 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8374 if (note->namesz == 6
8375 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8376 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8380 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8381 if (note->namesz == 6
8382 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8383 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8388 if (note->namesz == 6
8389 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8390 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8394 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8395 if (note->namesz == 6
8396 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8397 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8401 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8402 if (note->namesz == 6
8403 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8404 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8409 if (note->namesz == 6
8410 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8411 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8415 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8416 if (note->namesz == 6
8417 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8418 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8422 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8423 if (note->namesz == 6
8424 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8425 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8429 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8430 if (note->namesz == 6
8431 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8432 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8437 if (note->namesz == 6
8438 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8439 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8445 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8446 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8448 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8449 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8456 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8461 sect->size = note->descsz;
8462 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8463 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8471 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8473 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
8474 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
8475 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
8478 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8484 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8491 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8492 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8497 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8499 struct sdt_note *cur =
8500 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8503 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8504 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8505 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8507 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8513 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8518 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8526 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8530 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8533 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8540 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8542 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8543 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8544 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8546 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8547 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8548 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8550 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8551 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8552 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8554 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8559 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8563 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8564 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
8566 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8568 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8569 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8570 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8571 creates a core file. */
8573 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8576 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8577 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8578 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8581 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8585 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8587 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8588 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8590 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8591 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8594 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8595 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8597 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8598 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8604 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8605 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8610 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8611 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8613 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8614 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8624 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8626 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8627 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8628 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8630 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8631 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8632 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8634 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8635 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8636 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8642 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8644 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8645 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8647 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8648 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8650 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8651 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8653 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8654 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8656 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8658 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8663 sect->size = note->descsz;
8664 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8665 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8670 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8672 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8677 sect->size = note->descsz;
8678 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8679 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8688 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8690 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8697 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8698 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8700 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8701 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8703 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8704 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8706 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8707 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8709 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8710 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8713 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8714 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8715 thread just in case. */
8716 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8717 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8719 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8720 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8722 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8727 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8731 sect->size = note->descsz;
8732 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8733 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8735 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8739 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8740 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8748 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8749 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8751 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8756 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8760 sect->size = note->descsz;
8761 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8762 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8764 /* This is the current thread. */
8765 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8766 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8771 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8772 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8773 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8774 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8777 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8779 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8780 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8782 static long tid = 1;
8786 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8787 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8788 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8789 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8790 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8791 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8792 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8793 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8800 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8806 /* Use note name as section name. */
8808 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8811 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8812 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8814 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8818 sect->size = note->descsz;
8819 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8820 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8825 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8828 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8832 size of data for note
8834 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8835 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8836 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8837 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8840 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8843 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8851 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8858 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8860 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8862 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8865 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8866 *bufsiz += newspace;
8867 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8868 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8869 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8870 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8874 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8882 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8893 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8899 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8901 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8904 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8905 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8910 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8911 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8912 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8914 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8916 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8919 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8922 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8923 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8924 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8925 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8926 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8931 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8933 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8936 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8939 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8940 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8941 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8942 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8943 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8945 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8952 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8959 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8961 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8964 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8966 pid, cursig, gregs);
8971 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8972 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8973 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8975 prstatus32_t prstat;
8977 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8978 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8979 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8980 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8981 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
8982 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8989 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8990 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8991 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8992 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8993 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
8994 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8996 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9002 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9004 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9011 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9012 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9014 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9015 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9016 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9017 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9018 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9019 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9021 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9022 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9024 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9025 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9028 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9029 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9031 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9033 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9035 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9039 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9040 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9042 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9043 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9044 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9046 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9050 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9051 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9052 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9053 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9061 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9062 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9063 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9064 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9068 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9071 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9077 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9078 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9079 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9083 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9086 const void *xfpregs,
9089 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9090 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9091 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9095 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9096 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9098 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9099 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9100 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9104 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9107 const void *ppc_vmx,
9110 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9111 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9112 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9116 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9119 const void *ppc_vsx,
9122 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9123 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9124 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9128 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9131 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9134 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9135 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9136 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9137 s390_high_gprs, size);
9141 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9144 const void *s390_timer,
9147 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9148 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9149 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9153 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9156 const void *s390_todcmp,
9159 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9160 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9161 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9165 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9168 const void *s390_todpreg,
9171 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9172 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9173 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9177 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9180 const void *s390_ctrs,
9183 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9184 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9185 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9189 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9192 const void *s390_prefix,
9195 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9196 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9197 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9201 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9204 const void *s390_last_break,
9207 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9208 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9209 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9210 s390_last_break, size);
9214 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9217 const void *s390_system_call,
9220 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9221 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9222 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9223 s390_system_call, size);
9227 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9230 const void *arm_vfp,
9233 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9234 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9235 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9239 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9242 const char *section,
9246 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9247 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9248 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9249 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9250 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9251 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9252 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9253 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9254 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9255 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9256 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9257 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9258 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9259 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9260 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9261 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9262 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9263 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9264 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9265 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9266 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9267 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9268 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9269 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9270 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9271 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9272 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9273 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9278 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9283 while (p < buf + size)
9285 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9286 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9287 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9289 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9292 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9294 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9295 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9296 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9299 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9300 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9301 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9303 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9304 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9307 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9313 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9315 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9318 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9320 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9323 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9325 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9328 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9330 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9335 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9341 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9343 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9346 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9347 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9349 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9355 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9362 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9369 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9372 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9376 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9377 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9387 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9389 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9390 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9391 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9394 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9396 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9398 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9402 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9405 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9406 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9407 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9408 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9410 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9411 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9414 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9418 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9420 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9424 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9425 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9426 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9431 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9432 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9434 return reloc_class_normal;
9437 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9438 relocation against a local symbol. */
9441 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9442 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9444 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9446 asection *sec = *psec;
9449 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9450 + sec->output_offset
9452 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9453 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9454 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9457 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9458 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9459 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9462 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9463 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9464 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9465 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9466 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9467 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9468 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9471 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9472 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9478 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9479 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9483 asection *sec = *psec;
9485 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9486 return sym->st_value + addend;
9488 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9489 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9490 sym->st_value + addend);
9494 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9495 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9499 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9501 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9502 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9504 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9505 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9507 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9509 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9510 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9511 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9517 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9518 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9519 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9520 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9521 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9522 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9524 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9525 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9526 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9527 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9528 the remote memory. */
9531 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9535 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
9537 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9538 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9542 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9543 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9544 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9549 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9552 const char *relplt_name;
9553 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9557 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9563 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9566 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9569 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9572 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9573 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9574 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9575 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9579 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9580 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9581 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9584 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9588 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9589 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9592 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9593 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9594 p = relplt->relocation;
9595 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9597 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9601 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9603 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9608 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9612 names = (char *) (s + count);
9613 p = relplt->relocation;
9615 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9620 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9621 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
9624 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
9625 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9626 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9627 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
9628 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
9629 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
9631 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
9634 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
9635 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
9641 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9642 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9643 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
9644 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
9647 memcpy (names, a, len);
9650 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9651 names += sizeof ("@plt");
9658 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9659 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9660 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
9661 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9664 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
9665 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9667 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9669 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
9671 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
9673 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9674 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9675 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9676 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9677 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
9678 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
9682 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9683 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9684 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9687 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
9689 return (type == STT_FUNC
9690 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
9693 /* Return TRUE iff the ELF symbol SYM might be a function. Set *CODE_SEC
9694 and *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point. */
9697 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym,
9698 asection **code_sec, bfd_vma *code_off)
9700 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
9701 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0)
9704 *code_sec = sym->section;
9705 *code_off = sym->value;